{"title":"Small Bedside Tables","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmall bedside tables, up to 40 cm wide.\u003c\/strong\u003e Every table on this page is between 20 and 40 cm wide, so none is wider than the 40 cm median of the 262 bedside tables we recorded. Most are solid mango wood, some are oak or painted board, and some fix to the wall. Each one shows its width, depth and height in centimetres, and UK delivery is free. Prices are per table, except the sets of two, which are priced for the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuying two matching tables? View the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-bedside-tables-set-of-2-30-cm-drawer-slot\"\u003eOuse 30 cm bedside tables, set of two\u003c\/a\u003e. Each table is 30 cm wide, 30 cm deep and 55 cm high, with a drawer and an open slot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow small is small?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWidth decides whether a table fits beside the bed, so the tables here come in four widths: \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/20cm-bedside-tables\"\u003e20 cm\u003c\/a\u003e, for a radiator, a door arc or a box room where a 40 cm table will not fit; \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003e30 cm\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/35cm-bedside-tables\"\u003e35 to 36 cm\u003c\/a\u003e; and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/40cm-bedside-tables\"\u003e40 cm\u003c\/a\u003e. Depth and height vary from table to table, so check both against your bed in the comparison below. For the tightest gaps only, see our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003enarrow bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich small bedside table for a small bedroom?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap beside your bed at its narrowest point, skirting board included, and take off about 2 cm so a drawer can open and your hand can reach in. Then measure from the floor to the top of your mattress: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of it. If the floor space is the problem rather than the width, a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ewall-mounted bedside table\u003c\/a\u003e leaves it clear. Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003esize checker\u003c\/a\u003e does the sums against every table we sell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is a small bedside table?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is no official size. On this page it means 20 to 40 cm wide. The median of the 262 bedside tables we recorded is 40 cm wide, 35 cm deep and 57 cm tall, so a small table is that width or narrower.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre small bedside tables solid wood?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost of the tables on this page are solid mango wood; some are oak, and some are painted or wood-effect engineered board. Each listing names its material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy a small bedside table as a pair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Some of these tables are sold as a matching set of two, priced for the pair; they are marked “pair” in the comparison on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"narrow-bedside-table-20-cm-drawer-open-slot","title":"Eden 20 cm Bedside Table, Open Slot and Drawer, Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Eden 20 cm is a bedside table in solid mango wood with a chestnut or light finish, 20 cm wide, 20 cm deep and 40 cm tall, with an open slot above a drawer. It suits a mattress top 35 to 45 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe open slot sits above the drawer on this one, so the top of the table and the slot give you two surfaces at hand height: a lamp on top, the things you reach for every night in the slot, and the rest in the drawer underneath. Softly curved edges and four Nordic-style legs keep a 20 × 20 cm footprint looking light rather than boxy. Available in chestnut or light. If you want the drawer at the top instead, the version with the slot underneath has the same footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e20 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e20 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRoom for a small lamp, or for a book and a glass. A lamp base is usually 12 to 18 cm across and a glass about 9, so 20 cm of width does not take both. Move the light to the wall and the whole top comes back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 35 and 45 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer and one open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 22 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 20 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 22 cm or more works. It is 20 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 40 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 35 and 45 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a darker wood? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dark-wood-bedside-tables\"\u003edark wood bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 × 30 × 30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Eden 20 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-20-cm-drawer-lower-slot\"\u003eEden 20 cm Bedside Table, Drawer and Lower Slot, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, same height, £101\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-20-cm-2-drawers\"\u003eEden 20 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, same height, from £104\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-marble-top-bedside-table-27-cm-mango-wood\"\u003eRound Marble Top Bedside Table, 27 cm, Mango Wood Base\u003c\/a\u003e — 7 cm wider, 5 cm taller, £174\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-curved-open\"\u003eEden 30 cm Open Bedside Table, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm wider, 10 cm taller, £112\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/20cm-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table 20 cm wide or under\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/low-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe low ones, for a low bed\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe whole narrow range\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":48167360463011,"sku":"BT-1001","price":111.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light","offer_id":50542344372387,"sku":"BT-1002","price":101.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/eden-20-cm-bedside-table-open-slot-above-drawer-chestnut-front.jpg?v=1791879214"},{"product_id":"narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-curved-open","title":"Eden 30 cm Open Bedside Table, Chestnut Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Eden 30 cm is an open bedside table in solid mango wood with a chestnut finish, 30 cm wide, 25 cm deep and 50 cm tall, with one open compartment, no drawer and four tapered legs. It suits a mattress top 45 to 55 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eW 30 × D 25 × H 50 cm.\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid mango wood. It is listed as knock-down, with a patented fixing, so expect to fit a few parts together. If you need it to arrive assembled, send us the product name and we will confirm in writing before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo drawer and no knob: just an open box on four tapered legs. At 30 cm wide and 50 cm tall it is taller than most of our narrow tables, which matters if your mattress sits high, on a divan or an ottoman base. The open compartment holds books or a charger in plain view, and the top takes a lamp. Chestnut only. It is also sold as a matching pair, for both sides of the bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e25 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp and a book, or a lamp and a glass. All three together only if the lamp base is under 14 cm: a lamp at 18, a book at 13 and a glass at 9 need about 40 cm of width between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e50 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 45 and 55 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen design, with no drawer, so what you use every night stays within reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin leaves room for your hand, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 25 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 50 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 45 and 55 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-tables-set-of-2-30-cm-wide-chestnut\"\u003eEden 30 cm Open Bedside Tables, set of 2\u003c\/a\u003e is two of this table in one order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a darker wood? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dark-wood-bedside-tables\"\u003edark wood bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 × 35 × 30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Eden 30 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-curved\"\u003eArun 30 cm Bedside Table, Drawer, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 10 cm lower, £121\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/small-black-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-shelf\"\u003eSmall Black Bedside Table, 30 cm, Drawer and Open Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 7 cm taller, £126\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-tall-legs\"\u003eAvon 30 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Tall Legs, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 7 cm taller, from £137\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-curved-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-slot\"\u003eOuse 30 cm Curved Bedside Table, Drawer and Slot, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 5 cm taller, from £148\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-open-shelf-2-drawers-light\"\u003eNarrow Bedside Table, 30 cm, Open Shelf and 2 Drawers, Light or Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, same height, from £162\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table exactly 30 cm wide\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe whole narrow range\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48167360659619,"sku":"BT-1003","price":112.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-curved-open-1.jpg?v=1790667469"},{"product_id":"extra-narrow-bedside-table-20-cm-wide-oak-ish-minimalist-open","title":"Eden 20 cm Open Bedside Table, Light Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Eden 20 cm is an open bedside table in solid mango wood with a light finish, 20 cm wide, 20 cm deep and 40 cm tall, with no drawer, no knob and four tapered legs. It suits a mattress top 35 to 45 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eW 20 × D 20 × H 40 cm.\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid mango wood. It is listed as knock-down, with a patented fixing, so expect to fit a few parts together. If you need it to arrive assembled, send us the product name and we will confirm in writing before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe plainest table we sell: an open, rounded frame in light on four tapered legs, with no drawer, no knob and no hardware at all. That makes it the lightest-looking way to fill a 20 cm gap. What you put in it stays visible, so it suits the things you reach for every night rather than the things you want hidden. If you need a drawer in the same 20 cm width, look at the models with one or two drawers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e20 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e20 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRoom for a small lamp, or for a book and a glass. A lamp base is usually 12 to 18 cm across and a glass about 9, so 20 cm of width does not take both. Move the light to the wall and the whole top comes back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 35 and 45 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen design, with no drawer, so what you use every night stays within reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 22 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 20 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin leaves room for your hand, so a gap of 22 cm or more works. It is 20 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 40 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 35 and 45 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 × 30 × 30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Eden 20 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-20-cm-drawer-open-slot\"\u003eEden 20 cm Bedside Table, Open Slot and Drawer, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, same height, from £101\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/small-bedside-table-30-cm-bone-inlay-drawers\"\u003eSmall Bedside Table, 30 cm, 2 Bone Inlay Drawers, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm wider, 17 cm taller, £151\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-walnut-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-niche\"\u003eNarrow Walnut Finish Bedside Table, 30 cm, Drawer and Niche\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm wider, 15 cm taller, £153\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/low-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-shelf\"\u003eLune 30 cm Low Bedside Table, Drawer and Shelf, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm wider, same height, £154\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/20cm-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table 20 cm wide or under\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/low-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe low ones, for a low bed\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe whole narrow range\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48167360823459,"sku":"BT-1004","price":90.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/extra-narrow-bedside-table-20-cm-wide-oak-ish-minimalist-open-2.jpg?v=1790667469"},{"product_id":"narrow-bedside-table-20-cm-2-drawers","title":"Eden 20 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Eden 20 cm is a bedside table in solid mango wood, in chestnut or light, 20 cm wide, 20 cm deep and 40 cm tall, with two stacked drawers, softly curved edges and four Nordic-style legs. It suits a mattress top 35 to 45 cm off the floor and a gap of 22 cm or more. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eW 20 × D 20 × H 40 cm.\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid mango wood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed a matching pair? See the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-tables-set-of-2-20-cm-2-drawers\"\u003eEden 20 cm bedside tables, set of two\u003c\/a\u003e. The set includes two tables, each measuring 20 × 20 × 40 cm (W × D × H).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo drawers stacked in a body just 20 cm wide and 20 cm deep, for a room where the only space is the strip between the bed and the wall. It is made in solid mango wood, in chestnut or light, with softly curved edges, small knobs and four Nordic-style legs. At 40 cm tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits 35 to 45 cm off the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor a gap of 22 cm or more\u003c\/strong\u003e: W 20 x D 20 x H 40 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo closed drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e, nothing on show.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid mango wood\u003c\/strong\u003e, not veneer and not vinyl wrap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChestnut or light finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.5 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, delivered in a 30 x 30 x 30 cm box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e20 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e20 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRoom for a small lamp, or for a book and a glass. A lamp base is usually 12 to 18 cm across and a glass about 9, so 20 cm of width does not take both. Move the light to the wall and the whole top comes back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 35 and 45 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003e2 drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, solid mango wood. Grain, tone and knots vary from piece to piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 × 30 × 30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Eden 20 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-curved-bedside-table-30-cm-slot-above-drawer\"\u003eOuse 30 cm Curved Bedside Table, Slot Above Drawer, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm wider, 15 cm taller, from £154\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cube-carved-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-tall-legs\"\u003eRother 30 cm Cube Carved Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Light or Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm wider, 22 cm taller, £175\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/carved-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-niche\"\u003eNidd 30 cm Carved Bedside Table, 2 Drawers and Niche, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm wider, 15 cm taller, £188\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-drum-bedside-table-30-cm-3-drawers\"\u003eTees 30 cm Round Drum Bedside Table, 3 Drawers, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm wider, 17 cm taller, £205\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/20cm-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table 20 cm wide or under\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/low-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe low ones, for a low bed\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe whole narrow range\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":48167360856227,"sku":"BT-1005","price":114.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light","offer_id":50542350172323,"sku":"BT-1006","price":104.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/eden-20-cm-narrow-bedside-table-chestnut-mango-ai-scene-bedroom-v2-2710.webp?v=1793151103"},{"product_id":"narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-curved","title":"Arun 30 cm Bedside Table, Drawer, Chestnut Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Arun is a narrow bedside table in solid mango wood with a chestnut finish, 30 cm wide, 30 cm deep and 40 cm tall, with no legs: its sides curve down to the floor. One drawer with a brass knob sits under the top. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo legs: the sides curve down in one piece to the floor, which gives this table a solid, sculpted look and leaves nothing to catch the hoover. A single drawer with a brass knob sits under the top. The footprint is a square 30 × 30 cm and the height 40 cm, so it pairs with a lower bed. Chestnut finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp and a book, or a lamp and a glass. All three together only if the lamp base is under 14 cm: a lamp at 18, a book at 13 and a glass at 9 need about 40 cm of width between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 35 and 45 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 30 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 40 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 35 and 45 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a darker wood? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dark-wood-bedside-tables\"\u003edark wood bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 × 40 × 50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Arun 30 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-35-cm-wide-oak-ish-modern\"\u003eTamar 35 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Light Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, same height, £146\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-36-cm-wide-single-shelf\"\u003eKennet 36 cm Slatted Bedside Table, Open Shelf, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 6 cm wider, same height, £112\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-36-cm-2-open-shelves\"\u003eKennet 36 cm Slatted Bedside Table, 2 Open Shelves, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 6 cm wider, 15 cm taller, from £141\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-36-cm-4-drawers-mango-wood\"\u003eWye 36 cm Bedside Table, 4 Drawers, Light Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 6 cm wider, 20 cm taller, £219\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/small-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-shelf-mango-wood\"\u003eSmall Bedside Table, 30 cm, Drawer and Open Shelf, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 17 cm taller, from £165\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-open-shelf-2-drawers-light\"\u003eNarrow Bedside Table, 30 cm, Open Shelf and 2 Drawers, Light or Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 10 cm taller, from £162\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table exactly 30 cm wide\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/low-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe low ones, for a low bed\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe whole narrow range\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48167361118371,"sku":"BT-1007","price":121.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/arun-30-cm-bedside-table-chestnut-mango-waterfall-ai-scene-low-bed-v3-2810.webp?v=1793164858"},{"product_id":"narrow-bedside-table-35-cm-wide-oak-ish-modern","title":"Tamar 35 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Light Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Tamar 35 cm is a bedside table in solid mango wood with a light finish, 35 cm wide, 25 cm deep and 40 cm tall, with two drawers with shiny knobs on four Nordic-style legs. It suits a mattress top 35 to 45 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith a high mattress, look at our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-bedside-table-39-cm-woven-door-open-shelf\"\u003e39 cm bedside table for a taller bed\u003c\/a\u003e: 60 cm tall instead of 40.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eW 35 × D 25 × H 40 cm.\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid mango wood. It is listed as knock-down, with a patented fixing, so expect to fit a few parts together. If you need it to arrive assembled, send us the product name and we will confirm in writing before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 35 cm this is the widest of our narrow tables with two drawers. The drawers have shiny knobs, and the four Nordic-style legs lift the body off the floor. Light finish. It sits 40 cm tall, so it lines up with a lower bed frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e35 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e25 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp and a book, or a lamp and a glass. All three together only if the lamp base is under 14 cm: a lamp at 18, a book at 13 and a glass at 9 need about 40 cm of width between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 35 and 45 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003e2 drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 37 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 35 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 37 cm or more works. It is 25 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 40 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 35 and 45 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 × 35 × 35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Tamar 35 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-36-cm-wide-single-shelf\"\u003eKennet 36 cm Slatted Bedside Table, Open Shelf, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 1 cm wider, same height, £112\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-36-cm-2-open-shelves\"\u003eKennet 36 cm Slatted Bedside Table, 2 Open Shelves, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 1 cm wider, 15 cm taller, from £141\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-curved-open\"\u003eEden 30 cm Open Bedside Table, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm narrower, 10 cm taller, £112\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-curved\"\u003eArun 30 cm Bedside Table, Drawer, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm narrower, same height, £121\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/small-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-shelf-mango-wood\"\u003eSmall Bedside Table, 30 cm, Drawer and Open Shelf, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm narrower, 17 cm taller, from £165\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bobbin-bedside-cabinet-40-cm-2-drawers-amber-oak\"\u003eBobbin Bedside Cabinet, 40 cm, 2 Drawers, Amber Oak or Winewood\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, 15 cm taller, from £203\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table under 35 cm wide\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/low-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe low ones, for a low bed\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48167361413283,"sku":"BT-1008","price":146.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/narrow-bedside-table-35-cm-wide-oak-ish-modern-1.jpg?v=1790667488"},{"product_id":"bedside-table-36-cm-wide-single-shelf","title":"Kennet 36 cm Slatted Bedside Table, Open Shelf, Light Mango","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Kennet 36 cm is a slatted bedside table in solid mango wood with a light finish, 36 cm wide, 26 cm deep and 40 cm tall, with one open shelf and no drawer. It suits a mattress top 35 to 45 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eW 36 × D 26 × H 40 cm.\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid mango wood. It arrives fully assembled, so there is no flat pack and nothing to build.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eRounded and slatted: the uprights around the frame let light through, so the table looks lighter than a solid box of the same size. There is one open shelf under the top and no drawer. Four legs, a light finish, 36 cm across and 40 cm tall. The slatted frame suits a room where a solid cabinet would feel heavy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e36 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e26 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA full lamp, a stack of books and a glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 35 and 45 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 38 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 36 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin leaves room for your hand, so a gap of 38 cm or more works. It is 26 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 40 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 35 and 45 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-tables-set-of-2-36-cm-wide-single-shelf\"\u003eKennet 36 cm Slatted Bedside Tables, set of 2\u003c\/a\u003e is two of this table in one order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 × 36 × 35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Kennet 36 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-door-bedside-cabinet-40-cm-open-shelf-mango\"\u003eRattan Door Bedside Cabinet, 40 cm, Open Shelf, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 4 cm wider, 20 cm taller, £166\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/marble-top-bedside-table-44-cm-fluted-drawer\"\u003eMarble Top Bedside Table, 44 cm, Fluted, Golden Teak Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 8 cm wider, 7 cm taller, £307\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-45-cm-wide-chestnut-one-open-shelf\"\u003eEden 45 cm Open Bedside Table, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 9 cm wider, 10 cm taller, £168\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-bedside-table-45-cm-2-drawers-mango-wood\"\u003eOuse 45 cm Curved Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 9 cm wider, 15 cm taller, from £200\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/low-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe low ones, for a low bed\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48167361511587,"sku":"BT-1009","price":112.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/bedside-table-36-cm-wide-single-shelf-1.jpg?v=1790667488"},{"product_id":"bedside-table-36-cm-2-open-shelves","title":"Kennet 36 cm Slatted Bedside Table, 2 Open Shelves, Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Kennet 36 cm is a slatted bedside table in solid mango wood with a light or chestnut finish, 36 cm wide, 26 cm deep and 55 cm tall, with two open shelves and no drawers. It suits a mattress top 50 to 60 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tall version of our slatted, Japanese-inspired table: 55 cm high with two open shelves inside the frame, so it reaches the side of a higher bed and has two shelves where the lower model has one. No drawers, so everything stays in view. Offered in light or chestnut. If your mattress top is nearer 40 to 50 cm from the floor, the 40 cm single-shelf version is the better height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e36 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e26 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA full lamp, a stack of books and a glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e55 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 50 and 60 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003e2 open shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 38 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 36 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin leaves room for your hand, so a gap of 38 cm or more works. It is 26 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 55 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 50 and 60 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a darker wood? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dark-wood-bedside-tables\"\u003edark wood bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 × 36 × 50 cm (light), 80 × 50 × 67 cm (chestnut)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Kennet 36 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/low-bedside-table-45-cm-shelf-drawer-arched-chestnut\"\u003eDarent 45 cm Low Bedside Table, Shelf and Drawer, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — 9 cm wider, 10 cm lower, £212\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/oval-bedside-table-45-cm-2-drawers-chestnut\"\u003eOval Bedside Table, 45 cm, 2 Drawers, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 9 cm wider, 1 cm lower, £212\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/fluted-2-drawer-bedside-table-45-cm-dark-mocha\"\u003eFluted 2 Drawer Bedside Table, 45 cm, Dark Mocha Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 9 cm wider, same height, £216\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/walnut-bedside-table-45-cm-2-drawers-mango-wood\"\u003eWalnut Finish Bedside Table, 45 cm, 2 Drawers, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 9 cm wider, 1 cm lower, £220.95\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Light","offer_id":48167361544355,"sku":"BT-1010","price":141.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":50542355054755,"sku":"BT-1011","price":146.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/bedside-table-36-cm-2-open-shelves-1.jpg?v=1790667488"},{"product_id":"bedside-tables-set-of-2-36-cm-wide-single-shelf","title":"Kennet 36 cm Slatted Bedside Tables, Set of 2, Light Mango","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Kennet 36 set of 2 is two identical bedside tables in solid light mango wood, each 36 cm wide, 26 cm deep and 40 cm tall, with one open shelf between slatted sides. They suit a mattress top 35 to 45 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo identical tables. W 36 × D 26 × H 40 cm each.\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid mango wood. Both tables arrive fully assembled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo of our rounded, slatted tables, one for each side of the bed. The slats let light through the frame, and each table has one open shelf and no drawer. Buying them together means one order for both sides of the bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy a matching pair\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth sides of the bed end up at the same height, in the same wood and finish, and one order covers both.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe price\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e£224 for the pair, the same as two single tables, in one order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill they fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach table needs \u003cstrong\u003e36 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e26 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth. Measure both sides of your bed: they are rarely the same. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach table has \u003cstrong\u003eone open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill they fit a 38 cm gap on each side?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: each table is 36 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin leaves room for your hand, so a gap of 38 cm or more works. Each is 26 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height do they suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 40 cm tall, they suit a mattress top between 35 and 45 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 cm each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 × 36 × 35 cm per table, two boxes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Kennet 36 cm pair compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-tables-set-of-2-40-cm-wide\"\u003eSwale 40 cm Tray Top Bedside Tables, Set of 2, Golden Teak\u003c\/a\u003e — 4 cm wider, 4 cm taller, £269\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-tables-set-of-2-30-cm-wide-chestnut\"\u003eEden 30 cm Open Bedside Tables, Set of 2, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — 6 cm narrower, 10 cm taller, £224\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables-set-of-2\"\u003eSee the other matching pairs\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/low-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe low ones, for a low bed\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48167369310371,"sku":"BT-1012","price":224.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/bedside-tables-set-of-2-36-cm-wide-single-shelf-1.jpg?v=1790667511"},{"product_id":"wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer","title":"Calder 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer, Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Calder 30 cm is a wall-mounted bedside table in solid mango wood, in light or chestnut, 30 cm wide, 25 cm deep and 15 cm tall, with one drawer in a rounded body. It fixes to the wall, so the floor stays clear and you set the height to match your mattress. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e30 cm wide, 25 cm deep, and the carcass is 15 cm tall.\u003c\/strong\u003e It fixes to the wall, so the floor stays clear underneath and the height is whatever you decide it is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA rounded shelf with one drawer, 30 cm wide, 25 cm deep and only 15 cm tall. It fixes to the wall, so the floor stays clear underneath and you choose the height to match your mattress. Because the body is so slim, it reads as a floating ledge rather than a cabinet. Solid mango wood, in light or chestnut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFloor stays clear\u003c\/strong\u003e underneath.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight of your choice\u003c\/strong\u003e: fix it level with your mattress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e in a 15 cm tall body.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid mango wood\u003c\/strong\u003e, light or chestnut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eW 30 x D 25 x H 15 cm, 4 kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has one drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the fixings included?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The right fixing depends on your wall: plasterboard, brick and dot-and-dab each need something different.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight will it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is rated for 10 kg on top and 0.5 kg in the drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAt what height should I fix it?\u003c\/strong\u003e Level with the top of your mattress, or within about 5 cm of it. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eOur height guide\u003c\/a\u003e explains how to measure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a wider version?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the same design in 45 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 × 35 × 25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Calder 30 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-2-drawers\"\u003eSevern 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £118\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-slot\"\u003eColn 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Slot and Drawer\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £126\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-one-drawer-and-one-open-shelf\"\u003eSevern 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Shelf and Drawer\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £125\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-one-drawer-and-one-open-shelf\"\u003eColn 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer and Slot, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £129\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe other 30 cm tables\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Light","offer_id":48167584235683,"sku":"BT-1013","price":104.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":50542356136099,"sku":"BT-1014","price":104.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-1.jpg?v=1790667511"},{"product_id":"wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-one-drawer-and-one-open-shelf","title":"Severn 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Shelf and Drawer","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Severn 30 cm is a wall-mounted bedside table in solid mango wood with a chestnut finish, 30 cm wide, 25 cm deep and 24 cm tall, with an open slot above one drawer with a black metal knob. It fixes to the wall at the height you choose. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eSquare-edged rather than curved: an open slot on top and one drawer underneath, with a black metal knob. The body is 24 cm tall: the slot keeps a few things in view and the drawer keeps the rest out of sight. Chestnut finish. The two-drawer model from the same range has the same outline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has one drawer and one open shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 25 cm deep, measured from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat height should I fix it at?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLevel with the top of your mattress, or a few centimetres above. Because nothing stands on the floor, you choose the height when you fix it, and the skirting board does not get in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a darker wood? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dark-wood-bedside-tables\"\u003edark wood bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 × 35 × 34 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Severn 30 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer\"\u003eCalder 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £104\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-walnut-honey\"\u003eColn 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer, Walnut or Honey\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, from £131\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-chestnut\"\u003eWall Mounted Bedside Table, 30 cm, 2 Drawers, Chestnut or Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £134\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-bedside-table-35-cm-wide-oak-ish-2-open-shelves\"\u003eMedway 35 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, 2 Shelves, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, £123\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe other 30 cm tables\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48167587971235,"sku":"BT-1015","price":125.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-one-drawer-and-one-open-shelf-1.jpg?v=1790667511"},{"product_id":"floating-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-one-drawer-and-one-open-shelf","title":"Coln 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer and Slot, Chestnut","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Coln 30 cm is a wall-mounted bedside table in solid mango wood with a chestnut finish, 30 cm wide, 25 cm deep and 25 cm tall, with rounded corners, one drawer above an open slot and no legs. It fixes to the wall at the height you choose. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eRounded corners, one drawer at the top and an open slot below it, in chestnut. With no legs, the floor under it stays clear, which helps in a small room and where there is a radiator or a socket below the bed side. Note that it is not built to be sat on. Same size as our curved 30 cm wall tables: 30 cm wide, 25 cm deep, 25 cm tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has one drawer and one open shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 25 cm deep, measured from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat height should I fix it at?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLevel with the top of your mattress, or a few centimetres above. Because nothing stands on the floor, you choose the height when you fix it, and the skirting board does not get in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a darker wood? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dark-wood-bedside-tables\"\u003edark wood bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 × 35 × 35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Coln 30 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/walnut-floating-bedside-drawer-40-cm-wall-mounted\"\u003eFloating Bedside Drawer, 40 cm, Wall Mounted, Walnut or Natural\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm wider, from £138\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-45-cm-drawer\"\u003eCalder 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 15 cm wider, £118\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-45-cm-wide-oak-ish-one-open-shelf\"\u003eMedway 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Open Shelf, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 15 cm wider, £120\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-bedside-table-45-cm-wide-oak-ish-one-drawer-and-one-open-shelf\"\u003eMedway 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer and Slot\u003c\/a\u003e — 15 cm wider, £168\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe other 30 cm tables\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48167591215267,"sku":"BT-1016","price":129.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/floating-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-one-drawer-and-one-open-shelf-1.jpg?v=1790667512"},{"product_id":"wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-walnut-honey","title":"Coln 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer, Walnut or Honey","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis Coln 30 is a wall mounted bedside table in solid mango wood, in California walnut or honey caramel, 30 cm wide, 25 cm deep and 25 cm tall, with a rounded body, a drawer at the top and an open slot below. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe only 30 cm wall table we offer in a darker California walnut or a lighter honey caramel. Rounded body, a drawer with a round knob at the top and an open slot beneath it. The two finishes let you match either a darker or a paler bed frame. As with every wall unit, it is not made to be sat on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has one drawer and one open shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 25 cm deep, measured from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat height should I fix it at?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLevel with the top of your mattress, or a few centimetres above. Because nothing stands on the floor, you choose the height when you fix it, and the skirting board does not get in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a darker wood? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dark-wood-bedside-tables\"\u003edark wood bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 × 35 × 35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Coln 30 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-bedside-table-45-cm-wide-chestnut-2-drawers\"\u003eMedway 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Chestnut or Light\u003c\/a\u003e — 15 cm wider, from £171\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-45-cm-woven-drawer-chestnut\"\u003eBrue 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Woven Drawer, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — 15 cm wider, £178\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer\"\u003eCalder 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £104\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-2-drawers\"\u003eSevern 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £118\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe other 30 cm tables\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"California Walnut","offer_id":48167595868323,"sku":"BT-1017","price":139.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Honey Caramel","offer_id":50542377140387,"sku":"BT-1018","price":131.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-walnut-honey-1.jpg?v=1790666563"},{"product_id":"wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-2-drawers","title":"Severn 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Chestnut","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Severn is a small wall mounted bedside table in solid mango wood with a chestnut finish, 30 cm wide, 25 cm deep and 24 cm tall, with two drawers and metal knobs. Our specification lists it as fully assembled: you only fix it to the wall. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo drawers and no open slot: everything on this one goes out of sight. Square edges, metal knobs, a chestnut finish and a 24 cm tall body fixed to the wall. It is the choice if you want a tidy look beside the bed and keep more than a phone and a book there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has 2 drawers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt needs \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of wall and comes \u003cstrong\u003e25 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e out from it. Fix it with its top level with your mattress, or a few centimetres above. Nothing stands on the floor, so the skirting board does not eat into the depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery within 1 working day to the mainland, and 14 days to return. Our specification lists it as fully assembled: you only fix it to the wall. Wall fixings are not listed in the box, and the right one depends on your wall: \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ewhich fixing suits which wall\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much weight does it hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is rated for 10 kg on the top and 0.5 kg per drawer, with a fixing that suits your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/small-floating-bedside-tables-set-of-2-30-cm-2-drawers\"\u003eSevern 30 cm set of 2\u003c\/a\u003e is two of this table in one order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a darker wood? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dark-wood-bedside-tables\"\u003edark wood bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 × 35 × 34 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Severn 30 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/small-floating-bedside-tables-set-of-2-30-cm-2-drawers\"\u003eSevern 30 cm, set of 2\u003c\/a\u003e — two of this table, £236 for the pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-slot\"\u003eColn 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Slot and Drawer\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £126\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-one-drawer-and-one-open-shelf\"\u003eSevern 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Shelf and Drawer\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £125\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-one-drawer-and-one-open-shelf\"\u003eColn 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer and Slot, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £129\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-walnut-honey\"\u003eColn 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer, Walnut or Honey\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, from £131\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe other 30 cm tables\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48167596261539,"sku":"BT-1019","price":118.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-2-drawers-1.jpg?v=1790667530"},{"product_id":"floating-bedside-table-35-cm-wide-oak-ish-2-open-shelves","title":"Medway 35 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, 2 Shelves, Light Mango","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Medway 35 cm is a wall-mounted bedside table in solid mango wood with a light finish, 35 cm wide, 25 cm deep and 25 cm tall, with two open shelves inside a rounded body and no drawer. It fixes to the wall, so the floor stays clear and you choose the height. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e35 cm wide, 25 cm deep, and the carcass is 25 cm tall.\u003c\/strong\u003e It fixes to the wall, so the floor stays clear underneath and the height is whatever you decide it is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo drawer at all: two open shelves inside a rounded body, one above the other. What you keep there stays in reach and in view, which suits books and a clock more than clutter. At 35 cm wide it gives a little more surface than our 30 cm wall units. Light finish, and like all our wall tables it is not made to be sat on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has 2 open shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 × 35 × 35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Medway 35 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-chestnut\"\u003eWall Mounted Bedside Table, 30 cm, 2 Drawers, Chestnut or Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm narrower, £134\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/walnut-floating-bedside-drawer-40-cm-wall-mounted\"\u003eFloating Bedside Drawer, 40 cm, Wall Mounted, Walnut or Natural\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, £144\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-45-cm-drawer\"\u003eCalder 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm wider, £118\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-45-cm-wide-oak-ish-one-open-shelf\"\u003eMedway 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Open Shelf, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm wider, £120\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48167598817443,"sku":"BT-1020","price":123.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/floating-bedside-table-35-cm-wide-oak-ish-2-open-shelves-1.jpg?v=1790667530"},{"product_id":"curved-wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-slot","title":"Coln 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Slot and Drawer","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Coln 30 is a small wall mounted bedside table in solid mango wood, 30 cm wide, 25 cm deep and 25 cm tall, with curved edges and an open slot above one drawer, in chestnut or light. It fixes to the wall at the height you choose. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eCurved edges all round, one drawer and one open shelf, in a compact 30 cm wall unit. It is available in chestnut or light. Like our other wall units, it is not made to be sat on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has one drawer and one open shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 25 cm deep, measured from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat height should I fix it at?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLevel with the top of your mattress, or a few centimetres above. Because nothing stands on the floor, you choose the height when you fix it, and the skirting board does not get in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-tables-set-of-2-30-cm-slot-drawer\"\u003eColn 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Tables, set of 2\u003c\/a\u003e is two of this table in one order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a darker wood? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dark-wood-bedside-tables\"\u003edark wood bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 × 35 × 35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Coln 30 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-tables-set-of-2-30-cm-slot-drawer\"\u003eColn 30 cm, set of 2\u003c\/a\u003e — two of this table in chestnut or light, £252 for the pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-walnut-honey\"\u003eColn 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer, Walnut or Honey\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, from £131\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-chestnut\"\u003eWall Mounted Bedside Table, 30 cm, 2 Drawers, Chestnut or Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £134\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer\"\u003eCalder 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £104\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-2-drawers\"\u003eSevern 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £118\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe other 30 cm tables\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":48167624507555,"sku":"BT-1026","price":126.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light","offer_id":50542364229795,"sku":"BT-1027","price":126.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/curved-wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-slot-1.jpg?v=1790667548"},{"product_id":"narrow-bedside-table-20-cm-drawer-lower-slot","title":"Eden 20 cm Bedside Table, Drawer and Lower Slot, Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Eden 20 cm is a bedside table in solid mango wood with a chestnut or light finish, 20 cm wide, 20 cm deep and 40 cm tall, with a drawer above an open slot. It suits a mattress top 35 to 45 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eDrawer on top, open slot underneath: the reverse of our open-slot model, with the same 20 × 20 cm footprint and 40 cm height. Having the drawer at the top puts it within easy reach from the pillow, while the lower slot takes books or a spare charger. Softly curved edges and four Nordic-style legs, in chestnut or light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e20 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e20 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth. The packed box is 30 × 30 × 30 cm, which is the number that matters if your stairs or doorway are tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoom for a small lamp, or for a book and a glass. A lamp base is usually 12 to 18 cm across and a glass about 9, so 20 cm of width does not take both. Move the light to the wall and the whole top comes back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has one drawer and one open shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 35 and 45 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003ethe size checker\u003c\/a\u003e will tell you in one go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 22 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 20 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 22 cm or more works. It is 20 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 40 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 35 and 45 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a darker wood? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dark-wood-bedside-tables\"\u003edark wood bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 × 30 × 30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Eden 20 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-45-cm-drawer-open-shelf-chestnut\"\u003eLune 45 cm Bedside Table, Drawer and Shelf, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 25 cm wider, 10 cm taller, £237\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bubble-bedside-table-45-cm-2-capsule-drawers-chestnut\"\u003eBubble Bedside Table, 45 cm, 2 Capsule Drawers, Chestnut Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 25 cm wider, 10 cm taller, £254\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-45-cm-brass-plated-drawer-chestnut\"\u003eTrent 45 cm Bedside Table, Brass Plated Drawer, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — 25 cm wider, 18 cm taller, £257\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-45-cm-2-drawers-brass-handles\"\u003eDove 45 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Brass Handles, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 25 cm wider, 15 cm taller, £259\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/20cm-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table 20 cm wide or under\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/low-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe low ones, for a low bed\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe whole narrow range\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":48167632634019,"sku":"BT-1028","price":101.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light","offer_id":50542347419811,"sku":"BT-1029","price":101.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/narrow-bedside-table-20-cm-drawer-lower-slot-1.jpg?v=1790667570"},{"product_id":"bedside-table-40-cm-wide-raised-tray-top","title":"Swale 40 cm Tray Top Bedside Table, Golden Teak Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Swale 40 cm is a round bedside table in solid mango wood with a golden teak finish, 40 cm wide, 40 cm deep and 44 cm tall, with a raised rim, bobbin-style legs and no drawer. It suits a mattress top 39 to 49 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eTurned bobbin-style legs under a round top with a raised rim, which helps keep a glass or a pair of glasses from sliding off. There is no drawer and no shelf, so it works as a small side table as much as a bedside table. The finish is a warm golden teak tone, stained on the mango. 40 cm across and 44 cm tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth. The packed box is 50 × 50 × 20 cm, which is the number that matters if your stairs or doorway are tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA full lamp, a stack of books and a glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has a raised tray top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e44 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 39 and 49 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003ethe size checker\u003c\/a\u003e will tell you in one go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 42 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 40 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin leaves room for your hand, so a gap of 42 cm or more works. It is 40 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 44 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 39 and 49 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-tables-set-of-2-40-cm-wide\"\u003eSwale 40 cm Tray Top Bedside Tables, set of 2\u003c\/a\u003e is two of this table in one order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 × 50 × 20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Swale 40 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/spindle-leg-bedside-table-45-cm-drawer-shelf\"\u003eWear 45 cm Spindle Leg Bedside Table, Drawer and Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, 16 cm taller, £267\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/arched-shelf-bedside-table-45-cm-1-drawer-mango\"\u003eArched Shelf Bedside Table, 45 cm, 1 Drawer, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, 11 cm taller, £271\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/3-drawer-bedside-table-45-cm-solid-mango-wood\"\u003e3 Drawer Bedside Table, 45 cm, Solid Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, 16 cm taller, from £280\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bamboo-style-bedside-table-45-cm-drawer-shelf\"\u003eBamboo Style Bedside Table, 45 cm, Drawer and Shelf, Dark Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, 16 cm taller, £289\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/low-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe low ones, for a low bed\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48167634665635,"sku":"BT-1030","price":145.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/bedside-table-40-cm-wide-raised-tray-top-1.jpg?v=1790667570"},{"product_id":"bedside-tables-set-of-2-30-cm-wide-chestnut","title":"Eden 30 cm Open Bedside Tables, Set of 2, Chestnut","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Eden 30 set of 2 is two identical bedside tables in solid mango wood in chestnut, each 30 cm wide, 25 cm deep and 50 cm tall, with an open box with rounded corners. They suit a mattress top 45 to 55 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo matching tables, W 30 × D 25 × H 50 cm each.\u003c\/strong\u003e £224 for the pair, the same as two single tables, in one order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo of our open 30 cm tables, one for each side of the bed: an open box on four tapered legs, in chestnut, 50 cm tall. Mango is a natural wood, so the grain differs a little from one table to the next, even within a pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth tables are listed as knock-down, with a patented fixing, so expect to fit a few parts together. If you need them to arrive assembled, send us the product name and we will confirm in writing before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy a matching pair\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo sides of a bed rarely have the same gap. Measure both before you order: this pair needs \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e25 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth on each side. If one side is tighter, buy one of these and one narrower table rather than forcing a pair that does not fit. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003eThe size checker\u003c\/a\u003e will tell you what works on each side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e50 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall they suit a bed whose mattress top sits between 45 and 55 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen design, with no drawer, so what you use every night stays within reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill they fit a 32 cm gap on each side?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: each table is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin leaves room for your hand, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. Each is 25 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height do they suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 50 cm tall, they suit a mattress top between 45 and 55 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a darker wood? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dark-wood-bedside-tables\"\u003edark wood bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 × 35 × 30 cm per table, two boxes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Eden 30 cm pair compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-tables-set-of-2-36-cm-wide-single-shelf\"\u003eKennet 36 cm Slatted Bedside Tables, Set of 2, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 6 cm wider, 10 cm lower, £224\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-tables-set-of-2-40-cm-wide\"\u003eSwale 40 cm Tray Top Bedside Tables, Set of 2, Golden Teak\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm wider, 6 cm lower, £269\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables-set-of-2\"\u003eSee the other matching pairs\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe other 30 cm tables\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48167647215779,"sku":"BT-1032","price":224.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/bedside-tables-set-of-2-30-cm-wide-chestnut-1.jpg?v=1790667590"},{"product_id":"bedside-tables-set-of-2-40-cm-wide","title":"Swale 40 cm Tray Top Bedside Tables, Set of 2, Golden Teak","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Swale 40 set of 2 is two identical bedside tables in golden teak mango wood, each 40 cm wide, 40 cm deep and 44 cm tall, with a round tray top on bobbin legs. They suit a mattress top 39 to 49 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo matching tables, W 40 × D 40 × H 44 cm each.\u003c\/strong\u003e £269 for the pair, against £290 buying them one at a time. You save £21.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA matching pair of round bedside tables, each with a raised rim around the top and turned bobbin-style legs, in solid mango wood stained a golden teak tone. Each table is 40 cm wide, 40 cm deep and 44 cm tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA matching pair\u003c\/strong\u003e for both sides of the bed, or either side of a sofa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaised rim\u003c\/strong\u003e around each top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTurned bobbin-style legs.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid mango wood\u003c\/strong\u003e, golden teak tone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 kg each\u003c\/strong\u003e, delivered in two boxes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy a matching pair\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo sides of a bed rarely have the same gap. Measure both before you order: this pair needs \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth on each side. If one side is tighter, buy one of these and one narrower table rather than forcing a pair that does not fit. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003eThe size checker\u003c\/a\u003e will tell you what works on each side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e44 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall they suit a bed whose mattress top sits between 39 and 49 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen design, with no drawer, so what you use every night stays within reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the two tables look identical?\u003c\/strong\u003e Same model and finish, but the grain and knots of solid mango differ from piece to piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 × 50 × 20 cm per table, two boxes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Swale 40 cm pair compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-tables-set-of-2-36-cm-wide-single-shelf\"\u003eKennet 36 cm Slatted Bedside Tables, Set of 2, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 4 cm narrower, 4 cm lower, £224\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-tables-set-of-2-30-cm-wide-chestnut\"\u003eEden 30 cm Open Bedside Tables, Set of 2, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, 6 cm taller, £224\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables-set-of-2\"\u003eSee the other matching pairs\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/low-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe low ones, for a low bed\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48167650492579,"sku":"BT-1033","price":269.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/bedside-tables-set-of-2-40-cm-wide-1.jpg?v=1790667590"},{"product_id":"bedside-table-36-cm-4-drawers-mango-wood","title":"Wye 36 cm Bedside Table, 4 Drawers, Light Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Wye is a bedside table in solid mango wood with a light finish, 36 cm wide, 30 cm deep and 60 cm tall, with four drawers: one wide, two small side by side, one wide. It suits a mattress top 55 to 65 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eFour drawers in a 36 cm wide table: one wide drawer at the top, two small ones side by side in the middle and one wide drawer at the bottom, on four splayed Nordic-style legs with small dark knobs. It is the most drawer space we offer under 40 cm wide, for a room where there is no chest of drawers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e36 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small lamp and a phone, or a lamp and a book. The 36 × 30 cm top has room for a lamp base up to about 18 cm across beside a book.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e60 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 55 and 65 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003efour drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e: one wide at the top, two half-width in the middle, one wide at the bottom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as knock-down, so expect some light assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 38 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 36 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 38 cm or more works. It is 30 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 60 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 55 and 65 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/tall-bedside-tables-set-of-2-36-cm-4-drawers\"\u003eWye 36 cm Bedside Tables, set of 2\u003c\/a\u003e is two of this table in one order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47.0 × 41.0 × 50.0 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Wye 36 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tall-bedside-tables-set-of-2-36-cm-4-drawers\"\u003eWye 36 cm, set of 2\u003c\/a\u003e — two of this table, £438 for the pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-36-cm-wide-single-shelf\"\u003eKennet 36 cm Slatted Bedside Table, Open Shelf, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 20 cm lower, £112\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-36-cm-2-open-shelves\"\u003eKennet 36 cm Slatted Bedside Table, 2 Open Shelves, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 5 cm lower, from £141\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/fluted-marble-top-bedside-table-36-cm-round\"\u003eFluted Marble Top Bedside Table, 36 cm Round, Light Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 9 cm lower, £230\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-35-cm-wide-oak-ish-modern\"\u003eTamar 35 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Light Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 1 cm narrower, 20 cm lower, £146\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Light","offer_id":67633350246563,"sku":"BT-1058","price":219.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN148-1-1.jpg?v=1791398090"},{"product_id":"narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-tall-legs","title":"Avon 30 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Tall Legs, Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Avon 30 cm is a bedside table in solid mango wood with a chestnut, light or walnut finish, 30 cm wide, 30 cm deep and 57 cm tall, with two drawers on tall tapered legs. It suits a mattress top 52 to 62 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 30 cm cube with two small drawers, raised on four tall tapered legs, so it reaches the side of a higher bed without taking floor space. Chestnut and light come with dark knobs, walnut with brass-coloured knobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small lamp or a phone and a glass. The top is 30 × 30 cm, so choose a lamp with a base under 15 cm if you want room beside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e57 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 52 and 62 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003etwo drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e, one above the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists all three finishes as knock-down, so expect some light assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 30 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 57 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 52 and 62 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Avon 30 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-curved-open\"\u003eEden 30 cm Open Bedside Table, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 7 cm lower, £112\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-curved\"\u003eArun 30 cm Bedside Table, Drawer, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 17 cm lower, £121\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/small-black-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-shelf\"\u003eSmall Black Bedside Table, 30 cm, Drawer and Open Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, same height, £126\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-curved-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-slot\"\u003eOuse 30 cm Curved Bedside Table, Drawer and Slot, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 2 cm lower, from £148\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/small-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-shelf-mango-wood\"\u003eSmall Bedside Table, 30 cm, Drawer and Open Shelf, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, same height, from £165\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table exactly 30 cm wide\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe whole narrow range\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":67633354604707,"sku":"BT-1061","price":137.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light","offer_id":67633354637475,"sku":"BT-1062","price":144.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Walnut","offer_id":67633354670243,"sku":"BT-1063","price":161.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN1736-2-1.jpg?v=1791398147"},{"product_id":"low-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-shelf","title":"Lune 30 cm Low Bedside Table, Drawer and Shelf, Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Lune 30 cm is a low bedside table in solid mango wood with a chestnut or light finish, 30 cm wide, 30 cm deep and 40 cm tall, with a drawer above an open shelf. It suits a mattress top 35 to 45 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA low, compact table with a drawer above an open shelf, solid sides that end in curved feet and a scalloped edge detail. At 40 cm tall it is made for a low bed, a platform bed or a child's room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small lamp or a clock and a glass on the 30 × 30 cm top; books go on the shelf below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 35 and 45 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e below it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our product details do not say whether it arrives assembled. Ask us before you order and we will confirm it in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 30 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 40 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 35 and 45 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Lune 30 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-tall-legs\"\u003eAvon 30 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Tall Legs, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 17 cm taller, from £137\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/small-bedside-table-30-cm-bone-inlay-drawers\"\u003eSmall Bedside Table, 30 cm, 2 Bone Inlay Drawers, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 17 cm taller, £151\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-walnut-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-niche\"\u003eNarrow Walnut Finish Bedside Table, 30 cm, Drawer and Niche\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 15 cm taller, £153\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-curved-bedside-table-30-cm-slot-above-drawer\"\u003eOuse 30 cm Curved Bedside Table, Slot Above Drawer, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 15 cm taller, from £154\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table exactly 30 cm wide\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/low-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe low ones, for a low bed\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe whole narrow range\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":67633358569635,"sku":"BT-1064","price":154.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light","offer_id":67633358602403,"sku":"BT-1065","price":154.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN3985-2.jpg?v=1791398178"},{"product_id":"narrow-curved-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-slot","title":"Ouse 30 cm Curved Bedside Table, Drawer and Slot, Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Ouse 30 is a narrow curved bedside table in solid mango wood, 30 cm wide, 30 cm deep and 55 cm tall, with a drawer above an open slot, on tapered legs, in chestnut or light. It suits a mattress top 50 to 60 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe narrow version of our curved Ouse table: a drawer above an open slot, rounded edges and four tapered legs, in 30 cm of width. The slot takes a book or a phone so the drawer stays for the rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small lamp or a phone and a glass on the 30 × 30 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e55 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 50 and 60 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open slot\u003c\/strong\u003e below it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists the chestnut version as fully assembled and the light version as knock-down, so expect some light assembly for the light one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 30 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 55 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 50 and 60 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-bedside-tables-set-of-2-30-cm-drawer-slot\"\u003eOuse 30 cm Curved Bedside Tables, set of 2\u003c\/a\u003e is two of this table in one order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Ouse 30 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-bedside-tables-set-of-2-30-cm-drawer-slot\"\u003eOuse 30 cm, set of 2\u003c\/a\u003e — two of this table in chestnut or light, from £296 for the pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/low-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-shelf\"\u003eLune 30 cm Low Bedside Table, Drawer and Shelf, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 15 cm lower, £154\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cube-carved-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-tall-legs\"\u003eRother 30 cm Cube Carved Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Light or Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 7 cm taller, from £160\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/carved-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-niche\"\u003eNidd 30 cm Carved Bedside Table, 2 Drawers and Niche, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, same height, £188\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-drum-bedside-table-30-cm-3-drawers\"\u003eTees 30 cm Round Drum Bedside Table, 3 Drawers, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 2 cm taller, £205\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table exactly 30 cm wide\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe whole narrow range\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":67633362043043,"sku":"BT-1067","price":148.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light","offer_id":67633362075811,"sku":"BT-1068","price":154.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN3350-1-1.jpg?v=1791398229"},{"product_id":"round-drum-bedside-table-30-cm-3-drawers","title":"Tees 30 cm Round Drum Bedside Table, 3 Drawers, Chestnut","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Tees 30 cm is a round drum bedside table in solid mango wood with a chestnut finish, 30 cm wide, 30 cm deep and 57 cm tall, with three curved drawers and a solid base. It suits a mattress top 52 to 62 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA round drum, 30 cm across, with three drawers following the curve and a solid base instead of legs. It fits a narrow gap and has no corners to catch a hip, but the round top is small: think phone, glass and a slim lamp. It is heavy for its size, 17.5 kg, so it does not tip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA phone and a glass, or a slim lamp. The round top is 30 cm across.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e57 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 52 and 62 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003ethree drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as knock-down, so expect some light assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 30 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 57 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 52 and 62 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a softer shape? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/round-bedside-tables\"\u003eround bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed more storage? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/3-drawer-bedside-tables\"\u003e3 drawer bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40.0 × 40.0 × 67.0 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Tees 30 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-marble-top-bedside-table-27-cm-mango-wood\"\u003eRound Marble Top Bedside Table, 27 cm, Mango Wood Base\u003c\/a\u003e — 3 cm narrower, 12 cm lower, £174\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-20-cm-drawer-open-slot\"\u003eEden 20 cm Bedside Table, Open Slot and Drawer, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, 17 cm lower, from £101\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-20-cm-drawer-lower-slot\"\u003eEden 20 cm Bedside Table, Drawer and Lower Slot, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, 17 cm lower, £101\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-20-cm-2-drawers\"\u003eEden 20 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, 17 cm lower, from £104\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table exactly 30 cm wide\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe whole narrow range\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":67633374953635,"sku":"BT-1072","price":205.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN3555-1.jpg?v=1791398340"},{"product_id":"wall-mounted-bedside-table-35-cm-pillar-front-oak","title":"Wey 35 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Pillar Front, Oak","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Wey 35 cm is a wall-mounted bedside table in oak wood with a tiger oak finish, 35 cm wide, 25 cm deep and 20 cm tall, with an open niche above a drawer, and turned front-corner pillars. It fixes to the wall at the height you choose. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small wall unit with an open niche above a drawer, a brass ring pull and turned pillars on the front corners. It hangs on a rail screwed to the wall, so the floor stays clear underneath and you choose the height. Our product details do not say whether screws and wall plugs come with it: plan on fixings suited to your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e35 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e25 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA phone, a glass and a small lamp on the 35 × 25 cm top; glasses or a book in the niche.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is wall mounted, so you choose the height: fix it with the top level with your mattress or a few centimetres above. The unit itself is \u003cstrong\u003e20 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open niche\u003c\/strong\u003e above it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as fully assembled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 37 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 35 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin leaves room for your hand, so a gap of 37 cm or more works. It is 25 cm deep, measured from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat height should I fix it at?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLevel with the top of your mattress, or a few centimetres above. Because nothing stands on the floor, you choose the height when you fix it, and the skirting board does not get in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 × 35 × 30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Wey 35 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-35-cm-box-frame-oak\"\u003eWey 35 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Box Frame, Oak\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £153\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/oval-wall-mounted-bedside-table-40-cm-fluted-oak\"\u003eWey 40 cm Oval Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Fluted, Oak\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, £168\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-bedside-table-35-cm-wide-oak-ish-2-open-shelves\"\u003eMedway 35 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, 2 Shelves, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £123\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-slot\"\u003eColn 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Slot and Drawer\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm narrower, £126\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/oak-floating-bedside-table-35-cm-drawer\"\u003eWey 35 cm Oak Floating Bedside Table with Drawer\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £138\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Tiger Oak","offer_id":67634963972259,"sku":"BT-1077","price":153.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN4228-1.jpg?v=1791409499"},{"product_id":"wall-mounted-bedside-table-35-cm-box-frame-oak","title":"Wey 35 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Box Frame, Oak","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Wey 35 cm is a wall-mounted bedside table in oak wood with a tiger oak finish, 35 cm wide, 25 cm deep and 20 cm tall, with a drawer above an open shelf and rounded lower corners. It fixes to the wall at the height you choose. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA boxy wall unit with rounded lower corners: a drawer with a brass ring pull above an open shelf. It hangs on a rail screwed to the wall, so the floor stays clear underneath and you choose the height. Our product details do not say whether screws and wall plugs come with it: plan on fixings suited to your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e35 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e25 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA phone, a glass and a small lamp on the 35 × 25 cm top; a book on the open shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is wall mounted, so you choose the height: fix it with the top level with your mattress or a few centimetres above. The unit itself is \u003cstrong\u003e20 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e below it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as fully assembled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 37 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 35 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin leaves room for your hand, so a gap of 37 cm or more works. It is 25 cm deep, measured from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat height should I fix it at?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLevel with the top of your mattress, or a few centimetres above. Because nothing stands on the floor, you choose the height when you fix it, and the skirting board does not get in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 × 35 × 30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Wey 35 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-35-cm-pillar-front-oak\"\u003eWey 35 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Pillar Front, Oak\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £153\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/oval-wall-mounted-bedside-table-40-cm-fluted-oak\"\u003eWey 40 cm Oval Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Fluted, Oak\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, £168\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-one-drawer-and-one-open-shelf\"\u003eSevern 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Shelf and Drawer\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm narrower, £125\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-one-drawer-and-one-open-shelf\"\u003eColn 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer and Slot, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm narrower, £129\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/oak-floating-bedside-table-35-cm-drawer\"\u003eWey 35 cm Oak Floating Bedside Table with Drawer\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £138\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Tiger Oak","offer_id":67634964398243,"sku":"BT-1078","price":153.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN4229-1.jpg?v=1791409508"},{"product_id":"oval-wall-mounted-bedside-table-40-cm-fluted-oak","title":"Wey 40 cm Oval Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Fluted, Oak","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Wey 40 cm is an oval wall-mounted bedside table in oak wood with a tiger oak finish, 40 cm wide, 25 cm deep and 20 cm tall, with fluted sides, a drawer above a wide open shelf. It fixes to the wall at the height you choose. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn oval wall unit with fluted sides and a rounded top: a drawer with a brass ring pull above a wide open shelf. It hangs on a rail screwed to the wall, so the floor stays clear underneath and you choose the height. Our product details do not say whether screws and wall plugs come with it: plan on fixings suited to your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e25 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA phone, a glass and a small lamp on the 40 × 25 cm top; books on the open shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is wall mounted, so you choose the height: fix it with the top level with your mattress or a few centimetres above. The unit itself is \u003cstrong\u003e20 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e below it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as fully assembled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 42 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 40 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin leaves room for your hand, so a gap of 42 cm or more works. It is 25 cm deep, measured from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat height should I fix it at?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLevel with the top of your mattress, or a few centimetres above. Because nothing stands on the floor, you choose the height when you fix it, and the skirting board does not get in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a softer shape? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/round-bedside-tables\"\u003eround bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 × 35 × 30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Wey 40 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-35-cm-pillar-front-oak\"\u003eWey 35 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Pillar Front, Oak\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm narrower, £153\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-35-cm-box-frame-oak\"\u003eWey 35 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Box Frame, Oak\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm narrower, £153\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/walnut-floating-bedside-drawer-40-cm-wall-mounted\"\u003eFloating Bedside Drawer, 40 cm, Wall Mounted, Walnut or Natural\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, from £138\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-45-cm-drawer\"\u003eCalder 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, £118\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Tiger Oak","offer_id":67634964627619,"sku":"BT-1079","price":168.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN4227-1.jpg?v=1791409516"},{"product_id":"narrow-curved-bedside-table-30-cm-slot-above-drawer","title":"Ouse 30 cm Curved Bedside Table, Slot Above Drawer, Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis Ouse 30 is a narrow curved bedside table in solid mango wood, 30 cm wide, 30 cm deep and 55 cm tall, with an open slot over a drawer, on splayed legs, in chestnut or light. It suits a mattress top 50 to 60 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe other way round from our Ouse 30 cm with a lower slot: here the open slot is at the top, just under the worktop, and the drawer sits below it, on four splayed tapered legs with rounded edges. The slot keeps a phone or glasses within easy reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small lamp or a phone and a glass on the 30 × 30 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e55 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 50 and 60 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone open slot\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e below it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as knock-down, so expect some light assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 30 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 55 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 50 and 60 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Ouse 30 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-curved-open\"\u003eEden 30 cm Open Bedside Table, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 5 cm lower, £112\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-curved\"\u003eArun 30 cm Bedside Table, Drawer, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 15 cm lower, £121\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/small-black-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-shelf\"\u003eSmall Black Bedside Table, 30 cm, Drawer and Open Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 2 cm taller, £126\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-tall-legs\"\u003eAvon 30 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Tall Legs, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 2 cm taller, from £137\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table exactly 30 cm wide\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe whole narrow range\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":67634965348515,"sku":"BT-1082","price":154.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light","offer_id":67634965381283,"sku":"BT-1083","price":159.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN3313-1-1.jpg?v=1791409541"},{"product_id":"carved-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-niche","title":"Nidd 30 cm Carved Bedside Table, 2 Drawers and Niche, Light Mango","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Nidd 30 cm is a carved bedside table in solid mango wood with a light finish, 30 cm wide, 30 cm deep and 55 cm tall, with an open niche above two drawers. It suits a mattress top 50 to 60 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo drawers with a hand-carved diagonal line pattern and small brass-tone knobs, under an open niche, on four splayed tapered legs with softly curved edges. A lot of storage for 30 cm of width.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small lamp or a phone and a glass on the 30 × 30 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e55 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 50 and 60 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone open niche\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003etwo drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e below it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as knock-down, so expect some light assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 30 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 55 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 50 and 60 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40.0 × 40.0 × 45.0 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Nidd 30 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-curved-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-slot\"\u003eOuse 30 cm Curved Bedside Table, Drawer and Slot, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, same height, from £148\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/small-bedside-table-30-cm-bone-inlay-drawers\"\u003eSmall Bedside Table, 30 cm, 2 Bone Inlay Drawers, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 2 cm taller, £151\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-walnut-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-niche\"\u003eNarrow Walnut Finish Bedside Table, 30 cm, Drawer and Niche\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, same height, £153\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/low-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-shelf\"\u003eLune 30 cm Low Bedside Table, Drawer and Shelf, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 15 cm lower, £154\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table exactly 30 cm wide\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe whole narrow range\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Light","offer_id":67634965676195,"sku":"BT-1084","price":188.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN3614-2.jpg?v=1791409549"},{"product_id":"cube-carved-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-tall-legs","title":"Rother 30 cm Cube Carved Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Light or Chestnut","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Rother 30 cm is a cube carved bedside table in solid mango wood with a light or chestnut finish, 30 cm wide, 30 cm deep and 62 cm tall, with two drawers and four tall tapered legs. It suits a mattress top 57 to 67 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA square body with two drawers whose fronts are carved in a 3D cube pattern, with small gold-tone knobs, raised on four tall tapered legs. At 62 cm it is one of the tallest narrow tables we stock, for a high bed or a deep mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small lamp or a phone and a glass on the 30 × 30 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e62 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 57 and 67 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003etwo drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e, one above the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists both finishes as knock-down, so expect some light assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 30 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 62 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 57 and 67 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40.0 × 40.0 × 37.0 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 kg (light), 7.5 kg (chestnut)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Rother 30 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-curved-bedside-table-30-cm-slot-above-drawer\"\u003eOuse 30 cm Curved Bedside Table, Slot Above Drawer, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 7 cm lower, from £154\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/carved-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-niche\"\u003eNidd 30 cm Carved Bedside Table, 2 Drawers and Niche, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 7 cm lower, £188\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-drum-bedside-table-30-cm-3-drawers\"\u003eTees 30 cm Round Drum Bedside Table, 3 Drawers, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 5 cm lower, £205\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-marble-top-bedside-table-27-cm-mango-wood\"\u003eRound Marble Top Bedside Table, 27 cm, Mango Wood Base\u003c\/a\u003e — 3 cm narrower, 17 cm lower, £174\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table exactly 30 cm wide\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe whole narrow range\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Light","offer_id":67634965971107,"sku":"BT-1085","price":175.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":67681097351331,"sku":"BT-1182","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN1737-1-1.jpg?v=1791409558"},{"product_id":"round-bedside-table-40-cm-1-drawer-mango-wood","title":"Round Bedside Table, 40 cm, 1 Drawer, Solid Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a round bedside table in solid mango wood with a light or chestnut finish, 40 cm wide, 40 cm deep and 56 cm tall, with one drawer with a small knob on four splayed legs. It suits a mattress top 51 to 61 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA round bedside table: a circular body 40 cm across with one drawer and a small knob, on four splayed legs. With no corners it is easy to walk past in a tight bedroom. In a light oak-ish finish or chestnut; the chestnut legs look slightly more tapered in the product photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp and a book, or a lamp and a glass, on the 40 cm round top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e56 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 51 and 61 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists the light one as knock-down, so expect some light assembly, and the chestnut one as fully assembled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 42 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 40 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 42 cm or more works. It is 40 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 56 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 51 and 61 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a softer shape? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/round-bedside-tables\"\u003eround bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Round Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-40-cm-wide-raised-tray-top\"\u003eSwale 40 cm Tray Top Bedside Table, Golden Teak Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 12 cm lower, £145\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/half-moon-bedside-table-40-cm-chestnut-mango-wood\"\u003eHalf Moon Bedside Table, 40 cm, 1 Drawer, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 4 cm lower, £151\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-door-bedside-cabinet-40-cm-open-shelf-mango\"\u003eRattan Door Bedside Cabinet, 40 cm, Open Shelf, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 4 cm taller, £166\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-36-cm-wide-single-shelf\"\u003eKennet 36 cm Slatted Bedside Table, Open Shelf, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 4 cm narrower, 16 cm lower, £112\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bobbin-bedside-cabinet-40-cm-2-drawers-amber-oak\"\u003eBobbin Bedside Cabinet, 40 cm, 2 Drawers, Amber Oak or Winewood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 1 cm lower, from £203\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Light","offer_id":67639702257827,"sku":"BT-1087","price":165.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":67639702290595,"sku":"BT-1088","price":165.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/products-in323-2_1.jpg?v=1791439569"},{"product_id":"narrow-walnut-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-niche","title":"Narrow Walnut Finish Bedside Table, 30 cm, Drawer and Niche","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a narrow bedside table in solid mango wood with a California walnut finish, 30 cm wide, 30 cm deep and 55 cm tall, with curved edges, one drawer and an open niche, on splayed legs. It suits a mattress top 50 to 60 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA narrow 30 cm bedside table in a warm California walnut finish, with curved edges, one drawer and an open niche, on splayed legs. The walnut is a finish on solid mango wood, not walnut timber.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small lamp or a phone and a glass on the 30 × 30 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e55 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 50 and 60 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open niche\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as knock-down, so expect some light assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 30 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 55 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 50 and 60 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40.0 × 40.0 × 35.0 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Narrow Walnut Finish Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cube-carved-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-tall-legs\"\u003eRother 30 cm Cube Carved Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Light or Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 7 cm taller, from £160\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-35-cm-wide-oak-ish-modern\"\u003eTamar 35 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Light Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, 15 cm lower, £146\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-36-cm-2-open-shelves\"\u003eKennet 36 cm Slatted Bedside Table, 2 Open Shelves, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 6 cm wider, same height, from £141\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-36-cm-4-drawers-mango-wood\"\u003eWye 36 cm Bedside Table, 4 Drawers, Light Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 6 cm wider, 5 cm taller, £219\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table exactly 30 cm wide\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe whole narrow range\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"California Walnut","offer_id":67639711137955,"sku":"BT-1090","price":153.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/narrow-walnut-bedside-table-30-cm-open-niche-drawer-ai-scene-bedroom-v3-2810.webp?v=1793163999"},{"product_id":"walnut-floating-bedside-drawer-40-cm-wall-mounted","title":"Floating Bedside Drawer, 40 cm, Wall Mounted, Walnut or Natural","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a floating bedside drawer in solid mango wood with a California walnut or natural finish, 40 cm wide, 31 cm deep and 11 cm tall, with one curved-front drawer and a brass-colour knob. It fixes to the wall at the height you choose. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA floating bedside drawer: one drawer with a curved front and a brass-colour knob, only 11 cm deep from top to bottom, in a dark California walnut finish with a lighter top, or in a natural light mango finish. It fixes to the wall, so the floor stays clear and you choose the height. Our product details do not say whether screws and wall plugs come with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e31 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA phone, a glass and a small lamp on the 40 × 31 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is wall mounted, so you choose the height: fix it with the top level with your mattress or a few centimetres above. The unit itself is \u003cstrong\u003e11 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists the walnut one as knock-down, so expect some light assembly, and the natural one as fully assembled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 42 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 40 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 42 cm or more works. It is 31 cm deep, measured from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat height should I fix it at?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLevel with the top of your mattress, or a few centimetres above. Because nothing stands on the floor, you choose the height when you fix it, and the skirting board does not get in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50.0 × 41.0 × 21.0 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Walnut Floating Bedside Drawer compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-45-cm-woven-drawer-chestnut\"\u003eBrue 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Woven Drawer, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, £178\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-chestnut\"\u003eWall Mounted Bedside Table, 30 cm, 2 Drawers, Chestnut or Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, £134\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-45-cm-drawer\"\u003eCalder 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, £118\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-45-cm-wide-oak-ish-one-open-shelf\"\u003eMedway 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Open Shelf, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, £120\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"California Walnut","offer_id":67641120555171,"sku":"BT-1093","price":144.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Natural","offer_id":67680806600867,"sku":"BT-1177","price":138.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN3814-1-1.jpg?v=1791455670"},{"product_id":"white-bedside-table-40-cm-2-open-compartments","title":"White Bedside Table, 40 cm, 2 Open Compartments, Arched Front","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a white bedside table in engineered wood, 40 cm wide, 30 cm deep and 60 cm tall, with no drawers, an arched open compartment at the front and a second open compartment above it. It suits a mattress top 55 to 65 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA white bedside table with no drawers: an arched open compartment at the front and a second open compartment above it, on a flat base. Everything stays in view and within reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small lamp and a book on the 40 × 30 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e60 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 55 and 65 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003etwo open compartments\u003c\/strong\u003e and no drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery. It is sent from a UK warehouse and arrives within 1 to 2 working days of your order. Our product details do not say how much assembly it needs; ask us before you order and we will confirm it in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 42 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 40 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin leaves room for your hand, so a gap of 42 cm or more works. It is 30 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 60 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 55 and 65 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur specification describes the material as engineered wood (a manufactured board, not solid timber).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the White Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/white-3-drawer-bedside-table-40-cm-wooden-legs\"\u003eWhite 3 Drawer Bedside Table, 40 cm, Wooden Legs\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 8.5 cm taller, £73\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-bedside-table-40-cm-arched-woven-door\"\u003eRattan Bedside Table, 40 cm, Arched Woven Door\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 2 cm lower, £73\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-bedside-table-39-cm-woven-door-open-shelf\"\u003eRattan Bedside Table, 39 cm, Woven Door and Open Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e — 1 cm narrower, same height, £59\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-gold-legs-50-cm-fluted-drawer-white-or-black\"\u003eBedside Table with Gold Legs, 50 cm, Fluted Drawer, White or Black\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm wider, 13 cm lower, from £56\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":67641471697059,"sku":"BT-1099","price":47.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/a2423d5e7269ce15bd2124c9aa3ca4ca.jpg?v=1791459718"},{"product_id":"white-bedside-table-40-cm-2-drawers-open-shelves","title":"White Bedside Table, 40 cm, 2 Drawers and Open Shelves","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a white bedside table in engineered wood, 40 cm wide, 30 cm deep and 60 cm tall, with two drawers with cut-out handles, an open side cubby and a raised open shelf, on a plinth base. It suits a mattress top 55 to 65 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small white bedside cabinet with two drawers with cut-out handles, an open side cubby and a raised open shelf on top, on a plinth base.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small lamp on the raised shelf, a phone and a glass below it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e60 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 55 and 65 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003etwo drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ean open side cubby\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003ea raised open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery. It is sent from a UK warehouse and arrives within 1 to 2 working days of your order. Our product details do not say how much assembly it needs; ask us before you order and we will confirm it in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 42 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 40 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 42 cm or more works. It is 30 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 60 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 55 and 65 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur specification describes the material as engineered wood (a manufactured board, not solid timber).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the White Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/white-bedside-table-40-cm-2-open-compartments\"\u003eWhite Bedside Table, 40 cm, 2 Open Compartments, Arched Front\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, same height, £47\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-bedside-table-40-cm-woven-drawer-shelf\"\u003eRattan Bedside Table, 40 cm, Woven Drawer and Open Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 12 cm lower, £51\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tall-rattan-bedside-table-40-cm-drawer-woven-door\"\u003eTall Rattan Bedside Table, 40 cm, Drawer and Woven Door\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 8.5 cm taller, £72\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/white-3-drawer-bedside-table-40-cm-wooden-legs\"\u003eWhite 3 Drawer Bedside Table, 40 cm, Wooden Legs\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 8.5 cm taller, £73\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":67641473073315,"sku":"BT-1101","price":63.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/f23ca494d5ced12b191cb12b02c72f35.jpg?v=1791459744"},{"product_id":"white-3-drawer-bedside-table-40-cm-wooden-legs","title":"White 3 Drawer Bedside Table, 40 cm, Wooden Legs","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a white bedside table in engineered wood, 40 cm wide, 35 cm deep and 68.5 cm tall, with three drawers with cut-out handles, raised on wooden legs. It suits a mattress top 64 to 74 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA tall white bedside table with three drawers with cut-out handles, raised on wooden legs. At 68.5 cm it suits a high bed or a deep mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e35 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp and a glass on the 40 × 35 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e68.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 64 and 74 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003ethree drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery. It is sent from a UK warehouse and arrives within 1 to 2 working days of your order. Our product details do not say how much assembly it needs; ask us before you order and we will confirm it in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 42 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 40 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 42 cm or more works. It is 35 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 68.5 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 63.5 and 73.5 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed more storage? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/3-drawer-bedside-tables\"\u003e3 drawer bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e68.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur specification describes the material as engineered wood (a manufactured board, not solid timber).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the White 3 Drawer Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/white-bedside-table-40-cm-2-drawers-open-shelves\"\u003eWhite Bedside Table, 40 cm, 2 Drawers and Open Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 8.5 cm lower, £63\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-bedside-table-40-cm-arched-woven-door\"\u003eRattan Bedside Table, 40 cm, Arched Woven Door\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 10.5 cm lower, £73\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-bedside-table-39-cm-woven-door-open-shelf\"\u003eRattan Bedside Table, 39 cm, Woven Door and Open Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e — 1 cm narrower, 8.5 cm lower, £59\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/white-bedside-table-gold-legs-45-cm-drawer-shelf\"\u003eWhite Bedside Table with Gold Legs, 45 cm, Drawer and Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, 8.5 cm lower, £56\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":67641473892515,"sku":"BT-1102","price":73.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/0f559b6376999277bb61c31997435e17.jpg?v=1791459761"},{"product_id":"slim-black-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-shelf","title":"Slim Black Bedside Table, 30 cm, 2 Drawers and Shelf","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a slim black bedside table in engineered wood, 30 cm wide, 25 cm deep and 65 cm tall, with two drawers with recessed finger pulls under an open top shelf. It suits a mattress top 60 to 70 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA slim black bedside cabinet, only 30 cm wide and 25 cm deep, with two drawers with recessed finger pulls under an open top shelf. Tall enough, at 65 cm, for a high bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e25 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA phone and a glass, or a slim lamp, on the 30 × 25 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e65 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 60 and 70 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003etwo drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery. It is sent from a UK warehouse and arrives within 1 to 2 working days of your order. Our product details do not say how much assembly it needs; ask us before you order and we will confirm it in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 25 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 65 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 60 and 70 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur specification describes the material as engineered wood (a manufactured board, not solid timber).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Slim Black Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/fluted-marble-top-bedside-table-36-cm-round\"\u003eFluted Marble Top Bedside Table, 36 cm Round, Light Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 6 cm wider, 14 cm lower, £230\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-bedside-table-39-cm-woven-door-open-shelf\"\u003eRattan Bedside Table, 39 cm, Woven Door and Open Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e — 9 cm wider, 5 cm lower, £59\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/white-bedside-table-40-cm-2-open-compartments\"\u003eWhite Bedside Table, 40 cm, 2 Open Compartments, Arched Front\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm wider, 5 cm lower, £47\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-bedside-table-40-cm-woven-drawer-shelf\"\u003eRattan Bedside Table, 40 cm, Woven Drawer and Open Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm wider, 17 cm lower, £51\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table exactly 30 cm wide\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe whole narrow range\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":67641486835875,"sku":"BT-1106","price":64.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/b6313f19072387627dea68be009882b8.jpg?v=1791459867"},{"product_id":"black-bedside-tables-set-of-2-40-cm-2-drawers","title":"Black Bedside Tables Set of 2, 40 cm, 2 Drawers, Steel Legs","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA set of two black bedside tables in engineered wood, each 40 cm wide, 39.5 cm deep and 48 cm tall, with two drawers behind a diamond-pattern front, on steel legs. Each suits a mattress top 43 to 53 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery, sent from a UK warehouse, within 1 to 2 working days.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eW 40 × D 39.5 × H 48 cm, each table.\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered wood, as listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo matching black bedside tables, each with two drawers and a diamond-pattern front, on steel legs. The price is for the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e39.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp and a book on each 40 × 39.5 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e48 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 43 and 53 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach table has \u003cstrong\u003etwo drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery. It is sent from a UK warehouse and arrives within 1 to 2 working days of your order. Our product details do not say how much assembly it needs; ask us before you order and we will confirm it in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill they fit a 42 cm gap on each side?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: each table is 40 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 42 cm or more works. Each is 39.5 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height do they suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 48 cm tall, they suit a mattress top between 43 and 53 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.8 kg for the pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur specification describes the material as engineered wood (a manufactured board, not solid timber).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Black Bedside Tables Set of 2 pair compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-effect-bedside-tables-set-of-2-48-cm-2-drawers\"\u003eRattan Effect Bedside Tables, Set of 2, 48 cm, 2 Drawers\u003c\/a\u003e — 8 cm wider, 11 cm taller, £184\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-tables-set-of-2-40-cm-wide\"\u003eSwale 40 cm Tray Top Bedside Tables, Set of 2, Golden Teak\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 4 cm lower, £269\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-tables-set-of-2-36-cm-wide-single-shelf\"\u003eKennet 36 cm Slatted Bedside Tables, Set of 2, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 4 cm narrower, 8 cm lower, £224\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-tables-set-of-2-30-cm-wide-chestnut\"\u003eEden 30 cm Open Bedside Tables, Set of 2, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, 2 cm taller, £224\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables-set-of-2\"\u003eSee the other matching pairs\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":67641492144291,"sku":"BT-1108","price":95.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/c74419a119e05bde12f35d17c2b39b7b.jpg?v=1791459919"},{"product_id":"rattan-bedside-table-40-cm-woven-drawer-shelf","title":"Rattan Bedside Table, 40 cm, Woven Drawer and Open Shelf","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a rattan bedside table in engineered wood with a woven rattan drawer front, 40 cm wide, 40 cm deep and 48 cm tall, with a drawer with a wooden bar handle above an open lower shelf. It suits a mattress top 43 to 53 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA square rattan bedside table: a drawer with a woven front and a wooden bar handle, above an open lower shelf, on four straight legs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp and a book on the 40 × 40 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e48 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 43 and 53 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery. It is sent from a UK warehouse and arrives within 1 to 2 working days of your order. Our product details do not say how much assembly it needs; ask us before you order and we will confirm it in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 42 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 40 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 42 cm or more works. It is 40 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 48 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 43 and 53 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame is engineered wood, as listed. Our specification calls the woven panel rattan but does not say whether it is natural cane or a synthetic weave, so we do not claim either.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Rattan Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/white-bedside-table-40-cm-2-drawers-open-shelves\"\u003eWhite Bedside Table, 40 cm, 2 Drawers and Open Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 12 cm taller, £63\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tall-rattan-bedside-table-40-cm-drawer-woven-door\"\u003eTall Rattan Bedside Table, 40 cm, Drawer and Woven Door\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 20.5 cm taller, £72\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/white-3-drawer-bedside-table-40-cm-wooden-legs\"\u003eWhite 3 Drawer Bedside Table, 40 cm, Wooden Legs\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 20.5 cm taller, £73\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-bedside-table-40-cm-arched-woven-door\"\u003eRattan Bedside Table, 40 cm, Arched Woven Door\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 10 cm taller, £73\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67642639909027,"sku":"BT-1109","price":51.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/6d125125015bdf1917557eff08289d65.jpg?v=1791474729"},{"product_id":"rattan-bedside-table-40-cm-arched-woven-door","title":"Rattan Bedside Table, 40 cm, Arched Woven Door","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a rattan bedside table in engineered wood with a woven rattan door panel, 40 cm wide, 35 cm deep and 58 cm tall, with one cupboard behind an arched woven door, with an adjustable shelf inside. It suits a mattress top 53 to 63 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA rattan bedside cabinet with an arched woven panel set into the door and a black bar handle, on four round wooden legs. Inside there is an adjustable shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e35 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp and a glass on the 40 × 35 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e58 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 53 and 63 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone cupboard\u003c\/strong\u003e with an \u003cstrong\u003eadjustable shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e inside, and no drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery. It is sent from a UK warehouse and arrives within 1 to 2 working days of your order. Our product details do not say how much assembly it needs; ask us before you order and we will confirm it in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 42 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 40 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin leaves room for your hand, so a gap of 42 cm or more works. It is 35 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 58 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 53 and 63 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame is engineered wood, as listed. Our specification calls the woven panel rattan but does not say whether it is natural cane or a synthetic weave, so we do not claim either.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Rattan Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/slim-black-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-shelf\"\u003eSlim Black Bedside Table, 30 cm, 2 Drawers and Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, 7 cm taller, £64\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-bedside-table-55-cm-woven-top-mango-wood\"\u003eRattan Bedside Table, 55 cm, Woven Top, Solid Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 15 cm wider, 3 cm lower, £264\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-20-cm-drawer-open-slot\"\u003eEden 20 cm Bedside Table, Open Slot and Drawer, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 20 cm narrower, 18 cm lower, from £101\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-20-cm-drawer-lower-slot\"\u003eEden 20 cm Bedside Table, Drawer and Lower Slot, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 20 cm narrower, 18 cm lower, £101\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67642640007331,"sku":"BT-1110","price":73.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/80be7ced59b4fffe9fbb8cf95c4ad16e.jpg?v=1791474815"},{"product_id":"rattan-bedside-table-39-cm-woven-door-open-shelf","title":"Rattan Bedside Table, 39 cm, Woven Door and Open Shelf","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a rattan bedside table in engineered wood with a woven rattan door panel, 39 cm wide, 35 cm deep and 60 cm tall, with an open shelf at the top and a cupboard with a woven door below. It suits a mattress top 55 to 65 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShort on space or with a low bed? The Tamar is a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-35-cm-wide-oak-ish-modern\"\u003e35 cm bedside table with two drawers\u003c\/a\u003e, 4 cm narrower and 40 cm tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA rattan bedside table with an open shelf at the top and a cupboard with a woven door below, on four tapered round wooden legs, with a small black knob.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e39 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e35 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small lamp and a glass on the 39 × 35 cm top; a book or phone in the open shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e60 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 55 and 65 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone cupboard\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery. It is sent from a UK warehouse and arrives within 1 to 2 working days of your order. Our product details do not say how much assembly it needs; ask us before you order and we will confirm it in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 41 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 39 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin leaves room for your hand, so a gap of 41 cm or more works. It is 35 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 60 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 55 and 65 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame is engineered wood, as listed. Our specification calls the woven panel rattan but does not say whether it is natural cane or a synthetic weave, so we do not claim either.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Rattan Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-20-cm-2-drawers\"\u003eEden 20 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 19 cm narrower, 20 cm lower, from £104\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/white-bedside-table-40-cm-2-open-compartments\"\u003eWhite Bedside Table, 40 cm, 2 Open Compartments, Arched Front\u003c\/a\u003e — 1 cm wider, same height, £47\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-bedside-table-40-cm-woven-drawer-shelf\"\u003eRattan Bedside Table, 40 cm, Woven Drawer and Open Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e — 1 cm wider, 12 cm lower, £51\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/white-bedside-table-40-cm-2-drawers-open-shelves\"\u003eWhite Bedside Table, 40 cm, 2 Drawers and Open Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e — 1 cm wider, same height, £63\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67642640302243,"sku":"BT-1111","price":59.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/2c17100e5843437e28d12889eff5d982.jpg?v=1791474752"},{"product_id":"tall-rattan-bedside-table-40-cm-drawer-woven-door","title":"Tall Rattan Bedside Table, 40 cm, Drawer and Woven Door","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a tall rattan bedside table in engineered wood with a woven rattan door panel, 40 cm wide, 40 cm deep and 68.5 cm tall, with a drawer above a cupboard with a woven door and an adjustable shelf. It suits a mattress top 64 to 74 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA tall rattan bedside cabinet: a drawer on top and a cupboard with a woven door and an adjustable shelf below, with metal bar handles, on tapered wooden legs. At 68.5 cm it suits a high bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp and a glass on the 40 × 40 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e68.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 64 and 74 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone cupboard\u003c\/strong\u003e with an adjustable shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery. It is sent from a UK warehouse and arrives within 1 to 2 working days of your order. Our product details do not say how much assembly it needs; ask us before you order and we will confirm it in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 42 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 40 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 42 cm or more works. It is 40 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 68.5 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 63.5 and 73.5 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e68.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame is engineered wood, as listed. Our specification calls the woven panel rattan but does not say whether it is natural cane or a synthetic weave, so we do not claim either.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Tall Rattan Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/white-3-drawer-bedside-table-40-cm-wooden-legs\"\u003eWhite 3 Drawer Bedside Table, 40 cm, Wooden Legs\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, same height, £73\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-bedside-table-40-cm-arched-woven-door\"\u003eRattan Bedside Table, 40 cm, Arched Woven Door\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 10.5 cm lower, £73\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-40-cm-wide-raised-tray-top\"\u003eSwale 40 cm Tray Top Bedside Table, Golden Teak Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 24.5 cm lower, £145\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/half-moon-bedside-table-40-cm-chestnut-mango-wood\"\u003eHalf Moon Bedside Table, 40 cm, 1 Drawer, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 16.5 cm lower, £151\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67642640892067,"sku":"BT-1112","price":72.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/65802587a0c11abd53633ddadde76775.jpg?v=1791474769"},{"product_id":"floating-rattan-bedside-tables-set-of-2-40-cm-drawer","title":"Floating Rattan Bedside Tables, Set of 2, 40 cm, Woven Drawer","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA set of two wall-mounted bedside drawers in oak-effect engineered wood, each 40 cm wide, 30 cm deep and 15 cm tall, with a woven rattan drawer front and a gold-tone handle. They fix to the wall at the height you choose. Free UK delivery, sent from a UK warehouse, within 1 to 2 working days.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eW 40 × D 30 × H 15 cm, each table.\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered wood in an oak effect, with a woven rattan drawer front.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo wall-mounted bedside drawers in an oak-effect finish, each with a woven rattan front and a gold-tone handle. They float above the floor, so you choose the height. The price is for the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA phone, a glass and a small lamp on each 40 × 30 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is wall mounted, so you choose the height: fix it with the top level with your mattress or a few centimetres above. Each unit is \u003cstrong\u003e15 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e. Our product details do not say whether screws and wall plugs come with it: plan on fixings suited to your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach one has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery. It is sent from a UK warehouse and arrives within 1 to 2 working days of your order. Our product details do not say how much assembly it needs; ask us before you order and we will confirm it in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill they fit a 42 cm gap on each side?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: each table is 40 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 42 cm or more works. Each is 30 cm deep, measured from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat height should I fix them at?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLevel with the top of your mattress, or a few centimetres above. Because nothing stands on the floor, you choose the height when you fix them, and the skirting board does not get in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.4 kg for the pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame is engineered wood, as listed. Our specification calls the woven panel rattan but does not say whether it is natural cane or a synthetic weave, so we do not claim either.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Floating Rattan Bedside Tables pair compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-rattan-bedside-tables-set-of-2-40-cm-drawer-shelf\"\u003eFloating Rattan Bedside Tables, Set of 2, 40 cm, Drawer and Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £64\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67642640957603,"sku":"BT-1114","price":56.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/2b36d556bcc77887106b17c788d5a8d0.jpg?v=1791474786"},{"product_id":"floating-rattan-bedside-tables-set-of-2-40-cm-drawer-shelf","title":"Floating Rattan Bedside Tables, Set of 2, 40 cm, Drawer and Shelf","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA set of two wall-mounted bedside tables in wood-effect engineered wood, each 40 cm wide, 34 cm deep and 23 cm tall, with a woven rattan drawer above an open shelf and a round pine knob. They fix to the wall at the height you choose. Free UK delivery, sent from a UK warehouse, within 1 to 2 working days.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eW 40 × D 34 × H 23 cm, each table.\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered wood in a wood effect, with a woven rattan drawer front.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo wall-mounted bedside tables, each with a woven rattan drawer above an open shelf and a round pine knob. Our specification rates the drawer and the shelf at 5 kg each. The price is for the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e34 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA phone, a glass and a small lamp on each 40 × 34 cm top; a book on the shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is wall mounted, so you choose the height: fix it with the top level with your mattress or a few centimetres above. Each unit is \u003cstrong\u003e23 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e. Our product details do not say whether screws and wall plugs come with it: plan on fixings suited to your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach one has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery. It is sent from a UK warehouse and arrives within 1 to 2 working days of your order. Our product details do not say how much assembly it needs; ask us before you order and we will confirm it in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill they fit a 42 cm gap on each side?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: each table is 40 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 42 cm or more works. Each is 34 cm deep, measured from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat height should I fix them at?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLevel with the top of your mattress, or a few centimetres above. Because nothing stands on the floor, you choose the height when you fix them, and the skirting board does not get in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.7 kg for the pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame is engineered wood, as listed. Our specification calls the woven panel rattan but does not say whether it is natural cane or a synthetic weave, so we do not claim either.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Floating Rattan Bedside Tables pair compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-rattan-bedside-tables-set-of-2-40-cm-drawer\"\u003eFloating Rattan Bedside Tables, Set of 2, 40 cm, Woven Drawer\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £56\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67642641055907,"sku":"BT-1115","price":64.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/094040cd450d226f861ccd204b01a28a.jpg?v=1791474798"},{"product_id":"round-marble-top-bedside-table-27-cm-mango-wood","title":"Round Marble Top Bedside Table, 27 cm, Mango Wood Base","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis round bedside table is 27 cm across and 45 cm tall, with a marble top set in a wooden rim on a sculpted solid mango wood base. It fits the narrowest gap beside a bed and, at 20 kg, stands firm; it has no drawer or shelf. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA slim round table with a marble top set in a wooden rim, on a sculpted base of two stacked rounded bulbs. At 27 cm across it fits the narrowest gap beside a bed, but it has no drawer or shelf: it holds a glass, a phone and a small lamp. It weighs 20 kg, so it stands firm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e27 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e27 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA glass, a phone and a slim lamp on the 27 cm round marble top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e45 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 40 and 50 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eno drawer or shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as fully assembled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA round marble top set in a wooden rim, on a sculpted base of solid mango wood. It weighs 20 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo drawer and no shelf: it is made for a glass, a phone and a slim lamp in the narrowest gap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a softer shape? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/round-bedside-tables\"\u003eround bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37 × 37 × 55 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Round Marble Top Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-curved-open\"\u003eEden 30 cm Open Bedside Table, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 3 cm wider, 5 cm taller, £112\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-curved\"\u003eArun 30 cm Bedside Table, Drawer, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 3 cm wider, 5 cm lower, £121\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/small-black-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-shelf\"\u003eSmall Black Bedside Table, 30 cm, Drawer and Open Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e — 3 cm wider, 12 cm taller, £126\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-tall-legs\"\u003eAvon 30 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Tall Legs, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 3 cm wider, 12 cm taller, from £137\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table under 35 cm wide\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Natural","offer_id":67643631665315,"sku":"BT-1118","price":174.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN4198-1.jpg?v=1791492102"},{"product_id":"fluted-marble-top-bedside-table-36-cm-round","title":"Fluted Marble Top Bedside Table, 36 cm Round, Light Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a round fluted bedside table in solid mango wood with a white marble top and a light finish, 36 cm wide, 36 cm deep and 51 cm tall, with no legs and no storage. It suits a mattress top 46 to 56 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA round fluted drum of solid mango wood in a light oak-ish finish, made of vertical rounded strips, with a white marble top that slightly overhangs. It stands straight on the floor with no legs and has no storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e36 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e36 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp and a glass on the 36 cm round marble top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e51 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 46 and 56 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eno drawer or shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as fully assembled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 38 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 36 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin leaves room for your hand, so a gap of 38 cm or more works. It is 36 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 51 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 46 and 56 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a softer shape? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/round-bedside-tables\"\u003eround bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 × 46 × 61 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Fluted Marble Top Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-36-cm-wide-single-shelf\"\u003eKennet 36 cm Slatted Bedside Table, Open Shelf, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 11 cm lower, £112\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-36-cm-2-open-shelves\"\u003eKennet 36 cm Slatted Bedside Table, 2 Open Shelves, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 4 cm taller, from £141\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-36-cm-4-drawers-mango-wood\"\u003eWye 36 cm Bedside Table, 4 Drawers, Light Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 9 cm taller, £219\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-35-cm-wide-oak-ish-modern\"\u003eTamar 35 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Light Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 1 cm narrower, 11 cm lower, £146\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Light","offer_id":67643631796387,"sku":"BT-1119","price":230.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN4177-2.jpg?v=1791492129"},{"product_id":"half-moon-bedside-table-40-cm-chestnut-mango-wood","title":"Half Moon Bedside Table, 40 cm, 1 Drawer, Chestnut Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a half-moon bedside table in solid mango wood with a chestnut finish, 40 cm wide, 32 cm deep and 52 cm tall, with one curved drawer with a small antique-brass-look knob, on three tapered legs. It suits a mattress top 47 to 57 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA half-moon bedside table: the top is a half circle with a flat back that sits against the wall, and the single drawer follows the curve of the front, with one small antique-brass-look knob. It stands on three tapered, splayed legs (the photos show three). With no corners at the front, it suits a tight space where you walk past the bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e32 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp and a phone, or a glass and a book, on the 40 × 32 cm half-round top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e52 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 47 and 57 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e. The drawer has a rated load of 1 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as knock-down, so expect some light assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 42 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 40 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 42 cm or more works. It is 32 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 52 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 47 and 57 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a softer shape? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/round-bedside-tables\"\u003eround bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50.0 × 42.0 × 20.0 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Half Moon Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-curved-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-slot\"\u003eOuse 30 cm Curved Bedside Table, Drawer and Slot, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, 3 cm taller, from £148\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/small-bedside-table-30-cm-bone-inlay-drawers\"\u003eSmall Bedside Table, 30 cm, 2 Bone Inlay Drawers, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, 5 cm taller, £151\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-walnut-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-niche\"\u003eNarrow Walnut Finish Bedside Table, 30 cm, Drawer and Niche\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, 3 cm taller, £153\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/low-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-shelf\"\u003eLune 30 cm Low Bedside Table, Drawer and Shelf, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, 12 cm lower, £154\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bobbin-bedside-cabinet-40-cm-2-drawers-amber-oak\"\u003eBobbin Bedside Cabinet, 40 cm, 2 Drawers, Amber Oak or Winewood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 3 cm taller, from £203\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":67644117975203,"sku":"BT-1125","price":151.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN1735-1-1.jpg?v=1791504019"},{"product_id":"small-bedside-table-30-cm-bone-inlay-drawers","title":"Small Bedside Table, 30 cm, 2 Bone Inlay Drawers, Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis small bedside table is solid mango wood with a pale finish, 30 cm wide, 30 cm deep and 57 cm tall, with two drawer fronts in a black and cream honeycomb described as bone inlay, on four splayed legs. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small square bedside table whose two drawer fronts carry a black and cream honeycomb pattern of hexagons, which our specification describes as bone inlay. Each drawer has a clear faceted knob. The body is pale mango wood and it stands on four tapered, splayed legs. At 30 cm wide it fits a narrow gap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small lamp and a phone, or a glass and a book, on the 30 × 30 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e57 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 52 and 62 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003etwo drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e. Each drawer has a rated load of 1 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as knock-down, so expect some light assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 30 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 57 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 52 and 62 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40.0 × 40.0 × 35.0 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Small Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-marble-top-bedside-table-27-cm-mango-wood\"\u003eRound Marble Top Bedside Table, 27 cm, Mango Wood Base\u003c\/a\u003e — 3 cm narrower, 12 cm lower, £174\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-20-cm-drawer-open-slot\"\u003eEden 20 cm Bedside Table, Open Slot and Drawer, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, 17 cm lower, from £101\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-20-cm-drawer-lower-slot\"\u003eEden 20 cm Bedside Table, Drawer and Lower Slot, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, 17 cm lower, £101\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-20-cm-2-drawers\"\u003eEden 20 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, 17 cm lower, from £104\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table exactly 30 cm wide\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe whole narrow range\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Oak-ish","offer_id":67644120268963,"sku":"BT-1127","price":151.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN1739-1-1.jpg?v=1791504044"},{"product_id":"small-black-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-shelf","title":"Small Black Bedside Table, 30 cm, Drawer and Open Shelf","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a small bedside table in solid mango wood with an ash black finish, 30 cm wide, 30 cm deep and 57 cm tall, with an open compartment above a drawer with a small brass-coloured knob. It suits a mattress top 52 to 62 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small black bedside table with an open compartment at the top and one drawer below it, with a small brass-coloured knob, on four black tapered, splayed legs. The open compartment goes right through, front to back. The black is a matt charcoal wash, so the wood grain shows through.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small lamp and a phone on the 30 × 30 cm top; a book or glasses in the open compartment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e57 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 52 and 62 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone open compartment\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e. Each has a rated load of 1 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as knock-down, so expect some light assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 30 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 57 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 52 and 62 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40.0 × 40.0 × 35.0 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Small Black Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-curved-open\"\u003eEden 30 cm Open Bedside Table, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 7 cm lower, £112\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-curved\"\u003eArun 30 cm Bedside Table, Drawer, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 17 cm lower, £121\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-tall-legs\"\u003eAvon 30 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Tall Legs, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, same height, from £137\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-curved-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-slot\"\u003eOuse 30 cm Curved Bedside Table, Drawer and Slot, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 2 cm lower, from £148\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table exactly 30 cm wide\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe whole narrow range\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Ash Black","offer_id":67644120662179,"sku":"BT-1128","price":126.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN967-2.jpg?v=1791504055"}],"url":"https:\/\/bedsidetable.co.uk\/collections\/small-bedside-tables.oembed","provider":"Bedside Table UK","version":"1.0","type":"link"}